Mercurial > emacs

--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/Makefile.am	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign 1.2
+info_TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = INSTALL MANIFEST README drawers.eps  \
+	cons-1.eps cons-2.eps cons-2a.eps cons-3.eps    \
+	cons-4.eps cons-5.eps lambda-1.eps lambda-2.eps lambda-3.eps
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/Makefile.old	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4-p4 from Makefile.am
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+DESTDIR =
+
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+
+top_builddir = .
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS)
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign 1.2
+info_TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = INSTALL MANIFEST README chest-of-drawers-diagram.eps  	cons-cell-diagram1.eps cons-cell-diagram2.eps     	cons-cell-diagram2a.eps cons-cell-diagram3.eps    	cons-cell-diagram4.eps cons-cell-diagram5.eps     	lambda-diagram1.eps lambda-diagram2.eps lambda-diagram3.eps
+
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+INFO_DEPS = emacs-lisp-intro.info
+DVIS = emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
+TEXINFOS = emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+DIST_COMMON =  README INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in aclocal.m4 \
+configure configure.in install-sh missing mkinstalldirs texinfo.tex
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+TAR = tar
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign --include-deps Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  configure.in
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
+
+config.status: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+
+emacs-lisp-intro.info: emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+emacs-lisp-intro.dvi: emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+
+
+DVIPS = dvips
+
+.texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+
+uninstall-info:
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  ii=yes; \
+	else ii=; fi; \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  test -z "$$ii" \
+	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	done
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f emacs-lisp-intro.aux emacs-lisp-intro.cp emacs-lisp-intro.cps \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.dvi emacs-lisp-intro.fn emacs-lisp-intro.fns \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.ky emacs-lisp-intro.kys emacs-lisp-intro.ps \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.log emacs-lisp-intro.pg emacs-lisp-intro.toc \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.tp emacs-lisp-intro.tps emacs-lisp-intro.vr \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.vrs emacs-lisp-intro.op emacs-lisp-intro.tr \
+	  emacs-lisp-intro.cv emacs-lisp-intro.cn
+
+clean-aminfo:
+
+distclean-aminfo:
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  rm -f $$i; \
+	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
+	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
+	dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
+	cd $(distdir)/=build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	@banner="$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \
+	echo "$$dashes"; \
+	echo "$$banner"; \
+	echo "$$dashes"
+dist: distdir
+	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+dist-all: distdir
+	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)
+	-chmod 777 $(distdir)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS=-s install
+installdirs:
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+
+
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+clean-am:  clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f config.status
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
+		distclean-am
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f config.status
+
+.PHONY: install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
+distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir \
+info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck \
+install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \
+install uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all installdirs \
+mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/aclocal.m4	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4-p4
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
+# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
+# But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl Usage:
+dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+PACKAGE=[$1]
+AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
+VERSION=[$2]
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+fi
+ifelse([$3],,
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package]))
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])
+dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
+missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
+#
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftestfile
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "[$]*" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
+   fi
+   if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
+      && test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+   fi
+
+   test "[$]2" = conftestfile
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
+dnl The program must properly implement --version.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   $1=$2
+   AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
+else
+   $1="$3/missing $2"
+   AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/configure	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1043 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=emacs-lisp-intro.texi
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:556: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+      # by default.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether build environment is sane""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:609: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftestfile
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "$*" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
+   fi
+   if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
+      && test "$*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      { echo "configure: error: ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+   fi
+
+   test "$2" = conftestfile
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   { echo "configure: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then
+  program_transform_name=
+else
+  # Double any \ or $.  echo might interpret backslashes.
+  cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed
+s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g
+EOF_SED
+  program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`"
+  rm -f conftestsed
+fi
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name"
+
+# sed with no file args requires a program.
+test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x,"
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:666: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
+all:
+	@echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
+EOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftestmake
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+
+PACKAGE=emacs-lisp-intro
+
+VERSION=2.00
+
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+  { echo "configure: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+EOF
+
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+EOF
+
+
+
+missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+echo $ac_n "checking for working aclocal""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:712: checking for working aclocal" >&5
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   ACLOCAL=aclocal
+   echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
+else
+   ACLOCAL="$missing_dir/missing aclocal"
+   echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working autoconf""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:725: checking for working autoconf" >&5
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   AUTOCONF=autoconf
+   echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
+else
+   AUTOCONF="$missing_dir/missing autoconf"
+   echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working automake""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:738: checking for working automake" >&5
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   AUTOMAKE=automake
+   echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
+else
+   AUTOMAKE="$missing_dir/missing automake"
+   echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working autoheader""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:751: checking for working autoheader" >&5
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if (autoheader --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   AUTOHEADER=autoheader
+   echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
+else
+   AUTOHEADER="$missing_dir/missing autoheader"
+   echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working makeinfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:764: checking for working makeinfo" >&5
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if (makeinfo --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   MAKEINFO=makeinfo
+   echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6
+else
+   MAKEINFO="$missing_dir/missing makeinfo"
+   echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g
+s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g
+s%@ACLOCAL@%$ACLOCAL%g
+s%@AUTOCONF@%$AUTOCONF%g
+s%@AUTOMAKE@%$AUTOMAKE%g
+s%@AUTOHEADER@%$AUTOHEADER%g
+s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g
+s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/configure.in	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+dnl autoconf input file for the emacs lisp intro
+
+AC_INIT(emacs-lisp-intro.texi)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(emacs-lisp-intro, 2.00)
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-1.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 35 711 289 757
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram1
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:58 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 35 711 289 757
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      66 66 moveto 130 66 lineto 130 98 lineto 66 98 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      98 66 moveto
+      98 98 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      114 82 moveto
+      0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 194 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 82 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      194 82 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      146 136 moveto (rose) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      82 82 moveto
+      82 131 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 130 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 131 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      130 131 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      199 66 moveto 263 66 lineto 263 98 lineto 199 98 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      231 66 moveto
+      231 98 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      247 82 moveto
+      0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 340 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 82 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      340 82 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      279 136 moveto (violet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      215 82 moveto
+      215 131 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 263 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 131 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      263 131 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      342 64 moveto 406 64 lineto 406 96 lineto 342 96 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      373 64 moveto
+      373 96 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      389 81 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 437 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      437 81 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      421 135 moveto (buttercup) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      357 81 moveto
+      357 130 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 405 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      405 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      449 87 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:58 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-2.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 15 712 321 775
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram2
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:39 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 15 712 321 775
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      32 47 moveto (bouquet) show
+   grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      122 65 moveto 186 65 lineto 186 97 lineto 122 97 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      154 65 moveto
+      154 97 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      170 81 moveto
+      0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 250 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      250 81 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      202 135 moveto (rose) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      138 81 moveto
+      138 130 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 186 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      186 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      255 65 moveto 319 65 lineto 319 97 lineto 255 97 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      287 65 moveto
+      287 97 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      303 81 moveto
+      0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 396 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      396 81 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      335 135 moveto (violet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      271 81 moveto
+      271 130 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 319 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 130 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      319 130 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      398 63 moveto 462 63 lineto 462 95 lineto 398 95 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      429 63 moveto
+      429 95 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      445 80 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 493 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 80 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      493 80 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      477 134 moveto (buttercup) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      413 80 moveto
+      413 129 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 461 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 129 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      461 129 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      505 86 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      66 53 moveto
+      66 81 lineto
+      0 46 atan dup cos 8 mul 112 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 81 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      112 81 8 3 46 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:26:39 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-2a.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 15 702 300 767
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram2a
+%%CreationDate: Tue Mar 14 15:09:30 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 15 702 300 767
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      32 62 moveto (bouquet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      64 80 moveto
+      64 120 lineto
+      0 49 atan dup cos 8 mul 113 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 120 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      113 120 8 3 49 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      128 110 moveto (car) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      128 142 moveto (rose) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      192 110 moveto (cdr) show
+   grestore
+
+% OVAL
+gsave
+   newpath 207 124 4 4 tgifellipse stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      217 123 moveto
+      0 38 atan dup cos 8 mul 255 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 123 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      255 123 8 3 38 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      268 111 moveto (car) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      264 143 moveto (violet) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      332 111 moveto (cdr) show
+   grestore
+
+% OVAL
+gsave
+   newpath 347 125 4 4 tgifellipse stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      357 124 moveto
+      0 38 atan dup cos 8 mul 395 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 124 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      395 124 8 3 38 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      408 112 moveto (car) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      408 136 moveto (butter-) show
+      408 153 moveto (cup) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      496 113 moveto (cdr) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      495 137 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      178 86 moveto
+      178 157 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      485 84 moveto
+      485 157 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      327 85 moveto
+      327 157 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      120 86 moveto 234 86 lineto 234 157 lineto 120 157 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      257 85 moveto 371 85 lineto 371 157 lineto 257 157 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      397 84 moveto 531 84 lineto 531 157 lineto 397 157 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Tue Mar 14 15:09:30 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-3.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: -1 691 324 757
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram3
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:41 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: -1 691 324 757
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      128 102 moveto 192 102 lineto 192 134 lineto 128 134 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      160 102 moveto
+      160 134 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      176 124 moveto
+      0 80 atan dup cos 8 mul 256 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 124 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      256 124 8 3 80 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      208 172 moveto (rose) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      144 118 moveto
+      144 167 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 192 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 167 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      192 167 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      261 102 moveto 325 102 lineto 325 134 lineto 261 134 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      293 102 moveto
+      293 134 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      309 118 moveto
+      0 93 atan dup cos 8 mul 402 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 118 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      402 118 8 3 93 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      341 172 moveto (violet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      277 118 moveto
+      277 167 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 325 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 167 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      325 167 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      404 100 moveto 468 100 lineto 468 132 lineto 404 132 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      435 100 moveto
+      435 132 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      451 117 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 499 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 117 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      499 117 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      483 171 moveto (buttercup) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      419 117 moveto
+      419 166 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 467 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 166 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      467 166 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      511 123 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      131 80 moveto (flowers) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      210 75 moveto
+      237 75 lineto
+      237 113 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 255 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 113 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      255 113 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      2 80 moveto (bouquet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      81 77 moveto
+      108 77 lineto
+      108 115 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 126 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 115 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      126 115 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:41 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-4.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 6 681 355 758
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram4
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:06 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 6 681 355 758
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      274 102 moveto
+      274 134 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      289 122 moveto
+      0 56 atan dup cos 8 mul 345 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 122 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      345 122 8 3 56 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      350 100 moveto 414 100 lineto 414 132 lineto 350 132 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      382 100 moveto
+      382 132 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      397 114 moveto
+      0 59 atan dup cos 8 mul 456 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 114 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      456 114 8 3 59 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      430 170 moveto (violet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      366 116 moveto
+      366 165 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 414 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 165 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      414 165 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      219 78 moveto (flowers) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      298 73 moveto
+      325 73 lineto
+      325 111 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 343 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 111 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      343 111 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      459 95 moveto 523 95 lineto 523 127 lineto 459 127 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      490 95 moveto
+      490 127 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      506 112 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 554 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 112 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      554 112 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      566 118 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      538 151 moveto (buttercup) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      474 109 moveto
+      474 146 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 522 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 146 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      522 146 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      244 102 moveto 308 102 lineto 308 134 lineto 244 134 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      324 189 moveto (rose) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      260 117 moveto
+      260 184 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 308 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 184 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      308 184 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      146 101 moveto 210 101 lineto 210 133 lineto 146 133 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      177 101 moveto
+      177 133 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      193 118 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 241 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 118 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      241 118 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      187 178 moveto (lily) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      163 118 moveto
+      163 171 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 181 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 171 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      181 171 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      16 78 moveto (bouquet) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      95 73 moveto
+      122 73 lineto
+      122 111 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 140 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 111 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      140 111 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:25:06 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/cons-5.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 15 680 305 764
+%%Title: cons-cell-diagram5
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:27:28 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 15 680 305 764
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      156 105 moveto
+      156 137 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      171 125 moveto
+      0 56 atan dup cos 8 mul 227 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 125 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      227 125 8 3 56 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      232 103 moveto 296 103 lineto 296 135 lineto 232 135 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      264 103 moveto
+      264 135 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      279 117 moveto
+      0 59 atan dup cos 8 mul 338 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 117 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      338 117 8 3 59 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      289 172 moveto (a different piece of text) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      248 119 moveto
+      248 168 lineto
+      0 29 atan dup cos 8 mul 277 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 168 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      277 168 8 3 29 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      147 66 moveto (kill-ring-yank-pointer) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      207 76 moveto
+      207 114 lineto
+      0 18 atan dup cos 8 mul 225 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 114 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      225 114 8 3 18 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      341 98 moveto 405 98 lineto 405 130 lineto 341 130 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      372 98 moveto
+      372 130 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      388 115 moveto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 436 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 115 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      436 115 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      448 121 moveto (nil) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      397 154 moveto (yet more text) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      356 112 moveto
+      356 149 lineto
+      0 35 atan dup cos 8 mul 391 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 149 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      391 149 8 3 35 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% BOX
+gsave
+   1.415 setmiterlimit
+   newpath
+      126 105 moveto 190 105 lineto 190 137 lineto 126 137 lineto
+   closepath stroke
+   1 setmiterlimit
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      206 192 moveto (some text) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      142 120 moveto
+      142 187 lineto
+      0 48 atan dup cos 8 mul 190 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 187 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      190 187 8 3 48 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      32 66 moveto (kill-ring) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      65 81 moveto
+      65 121 lineto
+      0 51 atan dup cos 8 mul 116 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 121 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      116 121 8 3 51 0 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:27:28 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/drawers.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 34 577 324 778
+%%Title: chest-of-drawers-diagram-new
+%%CreationDate: Fri Sep 14 17:40:57 2001
+%%Creator: Tgif-4.1.35 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%%ProducedBy: (unknown)
+%%Pages: 1
+%%DocumentFonts: (atend)
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+
+/tgifdict 53 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/TGEL % tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/TGMAX
+ { exch dup 3 1 roll exch dup 3 1 roll gt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse
+ } def
+/TGMIN
+ { exch dup 3 1 roll exch dup 3 1 roll lt { pop } { exch pop } ifelse
+ } def
+/TGSW { stringwidth pop } def
+
+/bd { bind def } bind def
+
+/GS { gsave } bd
+/GR { grestore } bd
+/NP { newpath } bd
+/CP { closepath } bd
+/CHP { charpath } bd
+/CT { curveto } bd
+/L { lineto } bd
+/RL { rlineto } bd
+/M { moveto } bd
+/RM { rmoveto } bd
+/S { stroke } bd
+/F { fill } bd
+/TR { translate } bd
+/RO { rotate } bd
+/SC { scale } bd
+/MU { mul } bd
+/DI { div } bd
+/DU { dup } bd
+/NE { neg } bd
+/AD { add } bd
+/SU { sub } bd
+/PO { pop } bd
+/EX { exch } bd
+/CO { concat } bd
+/CL { clip } bd
+/EC { eoclip } bd
+/EF { eofill } bd
+/IM { image } bd
+/IMM { imagemask } bd
+/ARY { array } bd
+/SG { setgray } bd
+/RG { setrgbcolor } bd
+/SD { setdash } bd
+/W { setlinewidth } bd
+/SM { setmiterlimit } bd
+/SLC { setlinecap } bd
+/SLJ { setlinejoin } bd
+/SH { show } bd
+/FF { findfont } bd
+/MS { makefont setfont } bd
+/AR { arcto 4 {pop} repeat } bd
+/CURP { currentpoint } bd
+/FLAT { flattenpath strokepath clip newpath } bd
+/TGSM { tgiforigctm setmatrix } def
+/TGRM { savematrix setmatrix } def
+
+end
+
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 34 577 324 778
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 SM
+1 W
+
+0 SG
+
+72 0 MU 72 11 MU TR
+72 128 DI 100.000 MU 100 DI DU NE SC
+
+GS
+
+/tgiforigctm matrix currentmatrix def
+
+% BOX
+0 SG
+GS
+   10 SM
+   GS
+      NP 64 104 M 255 104 L 255 360 L 64 360 L CP
+      S
+   GR
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      65 296 M
+      254 296 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      63 233 M
+      255 233 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      63 169 M
+      255 169 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      251 362 M
+      251 361 L
+      251 379 L
+      244 379 L
+      229 361 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% OVAL
+0 SG
+GS
+   GS
+      NP 160 72 10 6 TGEL
+      S
+   GR
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      63 104 M
+      128 64 L
+      138 69 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      255 103 M
+      190 63 L
+      180 68 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      160 152 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (symbol name) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (symbol name) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      160 41 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (Chest of Drawers) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (Chest of Drawers) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      344 41 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (Contents of Drawers) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      344 160 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (bouquet) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      344 220 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            ([none]) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      344 279 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (\(rose violet buttercup\)) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      344 337 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            ([not described here]) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+0 SG
+GS
+   NP
+      68 362 M
+      68 361 L
+      68 379 L
+      75 379 L
+      90 361 L
+   TGSM
+   1 W
+   S
+GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      158 132 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      345 139 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (map to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      350 259 M
+      GS
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (map to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      159 213 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (symbol definition) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (symbol definition) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      159 195 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      160 276 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (variable name) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (variable name) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      158 260 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      160 339 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (property list) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /Courier FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (property list) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+% TEXT
+NP
+0 SG
+   GS
+      1 W
+      158 323 M
+      GS
+        GS
+        0
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) TGSW
+        AD
+        GR
+      2 DI NE 0 RM
+            0 SG
+            /NewCenturySchlbk-Roman FF [17 0 0 -17 0 0] MS
+            (directions to) SH
+      GR
+   GR
+
+GR
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+showpage
+
+%%Trailer
+%MatchingCreationDate: Fri Sep 14 17:40:57 2001
+%%DocumentFonts: NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
+%%+ Courier
+%%EOF
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/install-sh	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/lambda-3.eps	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 33 728 211 777
+%%Title: lambda-diagram3
+%%CreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:33:49 1995
+%%Creator: Tgif-2.16-p4 by William Chia-Wei Cheng (william@cs.UCLA.edu)
+%
+%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' stuff is omitted from line 1
+%
+
+/tgifdict 132 dict def
+tgifdict begin
+
+%
+%	Using a zero value radius for an ellipse or an arc would result
+%		in a non-invertible CTM matrix which causes problem when this
+%		when this PostScript is wrapped inside other routines, such as
+%		the multi.ps package from
+%		ftp.ucc.su.oz.au:/pub/ps_printing/multi.  You can overcome such
+%		error by uncommenting the sole line of the procedure below:
+%
+/tgif_min_radius
+ {
+%    dup 0.01 lt { pop 0.01 } if
+ } bind def
+
+/tgifellipsedict 6 dict def
+tgifellipsedict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifellipse
+ { tgifellipsedict begin
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 0 360 arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarrowtipdict 8 dict def
+tgifarrowtipdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarrowtip
+ { tgifarrowtipdict begin
+      /dy exch def
+      /dx exch def
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      dy dx atan rotate
+      0 0 moveto
+      w neg h lineto
+      w neg h neg lineto
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarcdict 8 dict def
+tgifarcdict /mtrx matrix put
+
+/tgifarcn
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifarc
+ { tgifarcdict begin
+      /endangle exch def
+      /startangle exch def
+      /yrad exch def
+      /xrad exch def
+      /y exch def
+      /x exch def
+      /savematrix mtrx currentmatrix def
+      x y translate
+      xrad yrad scale
+      0 0 1 startangle endangle arcn
+      savematrix setmatrix
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetuserscreendict 22 dict def
+tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+   /tempctm matrix def
+   /temprot matrix def
+   /tempscale matrix def
+
+   /concatprocs
+    { /proc2 exch cvlit def
+      /proc1 exch cvlit def
+      /newproc proc1 length proc2 length add array def
+      newproc 0 proc1 putinterval
+      newproc proc1 length proc2 putinterval
+      newproc cvx
+    } def
+   /resmatrix matrix def
+   /findresolution
+    { 72 0 resmatrix defaultmatrix dtransform
+      /yres exch def /xres exch def
+      xres dup mul yres dup mul add sqrt
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifsetuserscreen
+ { tgifsetuserscreendict begin
+      /spotfunction exch def
+      /screenangle exch def
+      /cellsize exch def
+
+      /m tempctm currentmatrix def
+      /rm screenangle temprot rotate def
+      /sm cellsize dup tempscale scale def
+
+      sm rm m m concatmatrix m concatmatrix pop
+
+      1 0 m dtransform /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+
+      /veclength x1 dup mul y1 dup mul add sqrt def
+      /frequency findresolution veclength div def
+
+      /newscreenangle y1 x1 atan def
+
+      m 2 get m 1 get mul m 0 get m 3 get mul sub 0 gt
+
+      {{neg} /spotfunction load concatprocs
+         /spotfunction exch def
+      } if
+
+      frequency newscreenangle /spotfunction load setscreen
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpatterndict 18 dict def
+tgifsetpatterndict begin
+   /bitison
+    { /ybit exch def /xbit exch def
+      /bytevalue bstring ybit bwidth mul xbit 8 idiv add get def
+
+      /mask 1 7 xbit 8 mod sub bitshift def
+      bytevalue mask and 0 ne
+    } def
+end
+
+/tgifbitpatternspotfunction
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /y exch def /x exch def
+
+      /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+      /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
+
+      xindex yindex bitison
+       { /onbits onbits 1 add def 1 }
+       { /offbits offbits 1 add def 0 }
+       ifelse
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifsetpattern
+ { tgifsetpatterndict begin
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /angle exch def
+      /bwidth exch def
+      /bpside exch def
+      /bstring exch def
+
+      /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
+      cellsz angle /tgifbitpatternspotfunction load tgifsetuserscreen
+      {} settransfer
+      offbits offbits onbits add div setgray
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifxpmdict 4 dict def
+/tgifbwpicstr 1 string def
+/tgifcolorpicstr 3 string def
+
+/tgifsetpixels { tgifxpmdict begin /pixels exch def end } def
+
+/tgifsetpix { tgifxpmdict begin pixels 3 1 roll putinterval end } def
+
+/tgifbwspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      tgifbwpicstr 0
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul .114 mul exch 255 mul .587 mul add exch 255 mul .299 mul add
+      cvi put
+      tgifbwpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 2 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 1 3 -1 roll put
+      255 mul cvi tgifcolorpicstr 0 3 -1 roll put
+      tgifcolorpicstr
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifnewcolorspot
+ { tgifxpmdict begin
+      /index exch def
+      pixels index 3 mul 3 getinterval aload pop setrgbcolor
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifcolordict 4 dict def
+
+/colorimage where
+ { pop }
+ { /colorimage
+   { tgifcolordict begin
+        pop pop pop pop pop
+        /ih exch def
+        /iw exch def
+        /x 0 def
+        /y 0 def
+        1 1 ih
+         { pop 1 1 iw
+            { pop currentfile
+              tgifbwpicstr readhexstring pop 0 get tgifnewcolorspot
+              x y moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto
+              closepath fill
+              /x x 1 add def
+            } for
+           /y y 1 add def
+           /x 0 def
+         } for
+     end
+   } def
+ } ifelse
+
+/tgifpatdict 10 dict def
+
+/tgifpatbyte
+ { currentdict /retstr get exch
+   pat i cellsz mod get put
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatproc
+ { 0 1 widthlim {tgifpatbyte} for retstr
+   /i i 1 add def
+ } def
+
+/tgifpatfill
+ { tgifpatdict begin
+      /h exch def
+      /w exch def
+      /lty exch def
+      /ltx exch def
+      /cellsz exch def
+      /pat exch def
+
+      /widthlim w cellsz div cvi 1 sub def
+      /retstr widthlim 1 add string def
+      /i 0 def
+
+      ltx lty translate
+      w h true [1 0 0 1 0 0] {tgifpatproc} imagemask
+      ltx neg lty neg translate
+   end
+ } def
+
+/pat1 <ffffffffffffffff> def
+/pat2 <0000000000000000> def
+/pat3 <8000000008000000> def
+/pat4 <8800000022000000> def
+/pat5 <8800220088002200> def
+/pat6 <8822882288228822> def
+/pat7 <aa55aa55aa55aa55> def
+/pat8 <77dd77dd77dd77dd> def
+/pat9 <77ffddff77ffddff> def
+/pat10 <77ffffff77ffffff> def
+/pat11 <7fffffff7fffffff> def
+/pat12 <8040200002040800> def
+/pat13 <40a00000040a0000> def
+/pat14 <ff888888ff888888> def
+/pat15 <ff808080ff080808> def
+/pat16 <f87422478f172271> def
+/pat17 <038448300c020101> def
+/pat18 <081c22c180010204> def
+/pat19 <8080413e080814e3> def
+/pat20 <8040201008040201> def
+/pat21 <8844221188442211> def
+/pat22 <77bbddee77bbddee> def
+/pat23 <c1e070381c0e0783> def
+/pat24 <7fbfdfeff7fbfdfe> def
+/pat25 <3e1f8fc7e3f1f87c> def
+/pat26 <0102040810204080> def
+/pat27 <1122448811224488> def
+/pat28 <eeddbb77eeddbb77> def
+/pat29 <83070e1c3870e0c1> def
+/pat30 <fefdfbf7efdfbf7f> def
+/pat31 <7cf8f1e3c78f1f3e> def
+
+/tgifcentertext { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifrighttext { dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto } def
+
+/tgifreencsmalldict 12 dict def
+/tgifReEncodeSmall
+ { tgifreencsmalldict begin
+      /newcodesandnames exch def
+      /newfontname exch def
+      /basefontname exch def
+
+      /basefontdict basefontname findfont def
+      /newfont basefontdict maxlength dict def
+
+      basefontdict
+      { exch dup /FID ne
+         { dup /Encoding eq
+            { exch dup length array copy newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            { exch newfont 3 1 roll put }
+            ifelse
+         }
+         { pop pop }
+         ifelse
+      }
+      forall
+
+      newfont /FontName newfontname put
+      newcodesandnames aload pop
+
+      newcodesandnames length 2 idiv
+      { newfont /Encoding get 3 1 roll put}
+      repeat
+
+      newfontname newfont definefont pop
+   end
+ } def
+
+/tgifgray { 8 1 0 72 300 32 div div tgifsetpattern } bind def
+
+/tgifboxdict 6 dict def
+/tgifboxstroke
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /w def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      1.415 setmiterlimit
+      w 1 eq { w setlinewidth } if
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray stroke 0 setgray } { stroke } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+      w 1 eq { 1 setlinewidth } if
+      1 setmiterlimit
+   end
+ } def
+/tgifboxfill
+ { tgifboxdict begin
+      /pat def /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { gsave pat tgifgray } if
+      newpath x1 y1 moveto x2 y1 lineto x2 y2 lineto x1 y2 lineto closepath
+      pat pat2 eq { 1 setgray fill 0 setgray } { fill } ifelse
+      pat pat1 ne pat pat2 ne and { grestore } if
+   end
+ } def
+
+end
+
+%%PageBoundingBox: 33 728 211 777
+tgifdict begin
+/tgifsavedpage save def
+
+1 setmiterlimit
+1 setlinewidth
+
+0 setgray
+
+72 0 mul 72 11.00 mul translate
+72 128 div 100 mul 100 div dup neg scale
+
+gsave
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      63 43 moveto (\(\(lambda \(arg\) \(/ arg 50\)\) 100\)) show
+   grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      80 48 moveto
+      96 64 lineto
+      284 64 lineto
+      299 48 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      332 86 moveto
+      -25 0 atan dup cos 8 mul 332 exch sub
+      exch sin 8 mul 61 exch sub lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+gsave
+   newpath
+      332 61 8 3 0 -25 tgifarrowtip
+   closepath fill
+grestore
+
+% POLY/OPEN-SPLINE
+gsave
+   newpath
+      199 70 moveto
+      199 86 lineto
+   stroke
+grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      101 106 moveto (anonymous function) show
+   grestore
+
+% TEXT
+0 setgray
+/Courier findfont [17 0 0 -17 0 0] makefont setfont
+   gsave
+      293 106 moveto (argument) show
+   grestore
+
+grestore
+tgifsavedpage restore
+end
+%MatchingCreationDate: Wed Mar  8 14:33:49 1995
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/mkinstalldirs	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain
+
+# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $
+
+errstatus=0
+
+for file
+do
+   set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+   shift
+
+   pathcomp=
+   for d
+   do
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+     case "$pathcomp" in
+       -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+     esac
+
+     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+        echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
+
+        mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+        if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+  	  errstatus=$lasterr
+        fi
+     fi
+
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+   done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# mkinstalldirs ends here
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lispintro/texinfo.tex	Sat Nov 24 08:45:51 2001 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,6257 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2001-05-24.08}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
+%               2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+%   ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+%   ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+%   ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+%   (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list).
+%   /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages.  You can get
+% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/.
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen \bindingoffset
+\newdimen \normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
+   \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
+   \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
+   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
+}%
+\else
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
+   \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
+   \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
+   \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
+   \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
+   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
+}%
+\fi
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+  %
+  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+  %
+  {%
+    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+    % before the \shipout runs.
+    %
+    \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
+    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
+    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+                   % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+    \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+        \hsize = \outerhsize
+        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+        \vtop to0pt{%
+          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+          }%
+          \vss}%
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin
+        \line\bgroup
+          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+          \vbox\bgroup
+      \fi
+      %
+      \unvbox\headlinebox
+      \pagebody{#1}%
+      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+        \vskip 2\baselineskip
+        \unvbox\footlinebox
+      \fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks
+          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+        \vbox to0pt{\vss
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+          }%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+        }%
+      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+      \fi
+    }% end of \shipout\vbox
+  }% end of group with \turnoffactive
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg#1{%
+  \let\next = #1%
+  \begingroup
+    \obeylines
+    \futurelet\temp\parseargx
+}
+
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse.  Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+  % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+  \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+    \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+  \else
+    \expandafter\parseargline
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+ \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
+
+{\obeylines %
+  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+    %
+    % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+    % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+    \argremovec #1\c\relax %
+    \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+    %
+    % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+    \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+  }%
+}
+
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
+% do that for us.  The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+%    @end itemize  @c foo
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
+% `itemize'.  Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
+% result to \toks0.
+%
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands.  (If it ever
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
+% here.)  But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \ignoreactivespaces
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+  \obeyspaces
+  \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+  \removeactivespaces{#1}%
+  \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+  %
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+      % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple
+      \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+    \else
+      \unmatchedenderror\endthing
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+    \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started.  Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+  \errhelp = \EMsimple
+  \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
+% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
+\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
+\def\singlespace{%
+  % Why was this kern here?  It messes up equalizing space above and below
+  % environments.  --karl, 6may93
+  %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
+  %\kern \baselineskip}%
+  \setleading \singlespaceskip
+}
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+  % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
+  \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
+  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+  \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
+  @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]%
+  @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]%
+@endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+  \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+  % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+  % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it.  (See p.82 of
+  % the TeXbook.)  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+  % above.  But it's pretty close.
+  \def\Egroup{%
+    \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+    \endgroup         % End the \group.
+  }%
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+    % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+    % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards is too small.  But we can't put the
+    % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+    % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+    \everypar = {\strut}%
+    %
+    % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+    % normal interline spacing.
+    \offinterlineskip
+    %
+    % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+    % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+    % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+    % turned off the interline space.  Simplest is to make them be an
+    % empty paragraph.
+    \ifx\par\lisppar
+      \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+      %
+      % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+      \obeylines
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
+    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
+    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+    \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\def\needx#1{%
+  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+  % paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+  \dimen0 = #1\mil
+  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+    %
+    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+    % And a page break here is fine.
+    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+    %
+    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
+    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
+    %
+    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
+    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+    \penalty9999
+    %
+    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+    \kern -#1\mil
+    %
+    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+    \nobreak
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @br   forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 1.5em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+    .\hss.\hss.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 2em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+    .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+  }%
+  \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+
+% @page    forces the start of a new page
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
+
+% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
+% Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\include{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  \catcode`~=12
+  \catcode`^=12
+  \catcode`_=12
+  \catcode`|=12
+  \catcode`<=12
+  \catcode`>=12
+  \catcode`+=12
+  \parsearg\includezzz}
+% Restore active chars for included file.
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
+  % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \input\thisfile
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line   outputs that line, centered
+
+\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
+\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+\centerline{#1}}}
+
+% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \defaultparindent = 0pt
+    \else
+      \defaultparindent = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+    \else
+      \lispnarrowing = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math means output in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
+%
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+   \iflinks
+     \readauxfile
+   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+   \openindices
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   %
+   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+   % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+   \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+   \closein1
+   \temp
+   %
+   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+  \newindex{cp}%
+  \newcodeindex{fn}%
+  \newcodeindex{vr}%
+  \newcodeindex{tp}%
+  \newcodeindex{ky}%
+  \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+  \pdffalse
+  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+  \let\endlink = \relax
+  \let\linkcolor = \relax
+  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+  \pdftrue
+  \pdfoutput = 1
+  \input pdfcolor
+  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+    \def\imageheight{#3}%
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+      \pdfimage
+    \else
+      \pdfximage
+    \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+	 #1.pdf%
+       \else
+         {#1.pdf}%
+       \fi
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+    \fi}
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1} xyz}
+  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
+  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+  % come from Petr Olsak
+  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+    \advance\tempnum by1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
+    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+    \ifeof 1\else\bgroup
+      \closein 1
+      \indexnofonts
+      \def\tt{}
+      \let\_ = \normalunderscore
+      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+      %
+      \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
+      \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
+      \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
+      \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
+      \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \input \jobname.toc
+      \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
+      \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
+      \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
+      \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
+      \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{%
+        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}}
+      \input \jobname.toc
+    \egroup\fi
+  }}
+  \def\makelinks #1,{%
+    \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+    \ifx\params\E
+      \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+    \else
+      \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+      \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+      \picknum{#1}%
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+        goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+      \linkcolor #1%
+      \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+      \endlink
+    \fi
+    \nextmakelinks
+  }
+  \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+  \def\pn#1{%
+    \def\p{#1}%
+    \ifx\p\lbrace
+      \let\nextpn=\ppn
+    \else
+      \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+      \def\first{#1}
+    \fi
+    \nextpn
+  }
+  \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+  \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+  \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+        \advance\filenamelength by 1
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+  \else
+    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+  \fi
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+      \let\value=\expandablevalue
+      \leavevmode\Red
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+        % #1
+    \endgroup}
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{%
+    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
+    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+  \def\mkpgn#1{#1@}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
+% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
+% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+
+%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}      % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}      % Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}      % being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
+%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
+
+%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
+% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
+% also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
+  \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
+  \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
+}
+
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\smallfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    % Turn off hyphenation.
+    \nohyphenation
+    %
+    \rawbackslash
+    \frenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+%  -- rms.
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \global\def\code{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+    \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+    \codex
+  }
+  %
+  % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+  % just treat them as a normal -.
+  \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
+  \def\arg{#1}%
+  \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is kbdinputdistinct.  (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
+% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
+\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \pdfurl{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+  \else
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+      \ifpdf
+        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+      \else
+        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+    \unsepspaces
+    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+    \endlink
+  \endgroup}
+\else
+  \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+   %
+   % Now you can print the title using @title.
+   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
+                    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+                    \finishedtitlepagefalse
+                    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+   %
+   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+   \let\oldpage = \page
+   \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+         \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \oldpage
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \hbox{}}%
+%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+      \finishtitlepage
+   \fi
+   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+   \oldpage
+   \endgroup
+   %
+   % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+   \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+     \shortcontents
+     \contents
+     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+     \global\let\contents = \relax
+   \fi
+   %
+   \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+     \contents
+     \global\let\contents = \relax
+     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+   \fi
+   %
+   \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+   %
+   \HEADINGSon
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  %
+  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
+  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+  \number\day\space
+  \ifcase\month
+  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+  \fi
+  \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
+    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+    % \baselineskip glue.
+    \nobreak
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+    \noindent
+    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+    % eventually be printed.
+    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+    \unhbox0
+    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey #1#2{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\itemmax=\itemindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
+\exdentamount=\itemindent
+\parindent = 0pt %
+\parskip = \smallskipamount %
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\def\itemcontents{#1}%
+\let\item=\itemizeitem}
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% These are `.?!:;,'
+\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
+  \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+  %
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+%   @item ...
+%
+%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+%   columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item ...
+%   using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+%      template}
+% Not:
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+%      {Column 3 template}
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+%   @item
+%   first col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   second col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   third col
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+%   @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+%                                                            to baseline.
+%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away).  #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+  \global\advance\colcount by 1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+  \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+  \def\firstarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+    \let\go = \relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+      \global\setpercenttrue
+    \else
+      \ifsetpercent
+         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+      \else
+         \global\advance\colcount by 1
+         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
+                            % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+    \else
+      \let\go = \setuptable
+    \fi%
+  \fi
+  \go
+}
+
+% This used to have \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template line is
+% not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just & until we
+% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{&}
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \let\item\crcr
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \setmultitablespacing
+  \parskip=\multitableparskip
+  \parindent=\multitableparindent
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
+  %
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+  % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+  % The table preamble
+  % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+  \everycr{\noalign{%
+  %
+  % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+  % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+  % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
+  % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+    \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+  %
+  % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+  % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+  % the first one.
+  %
+  % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+  % to the width of each template entry.
+  %
+  % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+  % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+  % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+  % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+  %
+  % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+  \rightskip=0pt
+  \ifnum\colcount=1
+    % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+    \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+  \else
+    \ifsetpercent \else
+      % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+      % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+      \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+    \fi
+   % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+  \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+  \fi
+  % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+  % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+  % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+  % For example:
+  % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+  % @item @code{#}
+  % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+  % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+  % characters.
+  \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+  \let\chapter=\relax
+  \let\unnumbered=\relax
+  \let\top=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+  \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+  \let\section=\relax
+  \let\subsec=\relax
+  \let\subsubsec=\relax
+  \let\subsection=\relax
+  \let\subsubsection=\relax
+  \let\appendix=\relax
+  \let\appendixsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsection=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+  \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+  \let\contents=\relax
+  \let\smallbook=\relax
+  \let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+  \let\defcodeindex = \relax
+  \let\defcv = \relax
+  \let\deffn = \relax
+  \let\deffnx = \relax
+  \let\defindex = \relax
+  \let\defivar = \relax
+  \let\defmac = \relax
+  \let\defmethod = \relax
+  \let\defop = \relax
+  \let\defopt = \relax
+  \let\defspec = \relax
+  \let\deftp = \relax
+  \let\deftypefn = \relax
+  \let\deftypefun = \relax
+  \let\deftypeivar = \relax
+  \let\deftypeop = \relax
+  \let\deftypevar = \relax
+  \let\deftypevr = \relax
+  \let\defun = \relax
+  \let\defvar = \relax
+  \let\defvr = \relax
+  \let\ref = \relax
+  \let\xref = \relax
+  \let\printindex = \relax
+  \let\pxref = \relax
+  \let\settitle = \relax
+  \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+  \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+  \let\everyheading = \relax
+  \let\evenheading = \relax
+  \let\oddheading = \relax
+  \let\everyfooting = \relax
+  \let\evenfooting = \relax
+  \let\oddfooting = \relax
+  \let\headings = \relax
+  \let\include = \relax
+  \let\lowersections = \relax
+  \let\down = \relax
+  \let\raisesections = \relax
+  \let\up = \relax
+  \let\set = \relax
+  \let\clear = \relax
+  \let\item = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+%
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+
+% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+%
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+  % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+  \ignoresections
+  %
+  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+  % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+  % this texinfo.tex file).  We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+  \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+  %
+  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+  \catcode32 = 10
+  %
+  % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+  \catcode`\{ = 9
+  \catcode`\} = 9
+  %
+  % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+  \catcode`\@ = 12
+  %
+  % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+  % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+  %   @c @end ifinfo
+  % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+  % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+  \catcode`\c = 14
+  %
+  % And now expand that command.
+  \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+  \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+  % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+  % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+    \immediate\write16{}
+    \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+    \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+    \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+    \immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+    \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+    \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
+    \immediate\write16{}
+    \global\warnedobstrue
+    \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex.  For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+  \obstexwarn
+  % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+  % command, so that nested ignore constructs work.  Thus, we put the
+  % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result.  To minimize
+  % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+  % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+  %
+  \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+    % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+    \ignoresections
+    %
+    % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+    % @end command again.
+    \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+    %
+    % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands.  Most cause no
+    % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+    % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+    % undefine them.
+    %
+    % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+    % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+    \ignoremorecommands
+    %
+    % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+    % all the font commands to also use \nullfont.  We don't use
+    % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
+    % might have that installed.  Therefore, math mode will still
+    % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+    % stuff compared to the main input.
+    %
+    \nullfont
+    \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
+    \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
+    \let\tensf=\nullfont
+    % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
+    \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
+    \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
+    \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+    %
+    % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+    \tracinglostchars = 0
+    %
+    % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+    \frenchspacing
+    %
+    % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+    \hbadness = 10000
+    %
+    % Do minimal line-breaking.
+    \pretolerance = 10000
+    %
+    % Do not execute instructions in @tex
+    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+    % Do not execute macro definitions.
+    % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+    \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.  Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+  \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+  \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+  \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+  \fi
+  \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  %
+  % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+  % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}.  So \let any
+  % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+  \gdef\value{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
+    \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+    \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies).  Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that.  The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
+% winds up in the index file.  This means that if the variable's value
+% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
+% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
+% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
+\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifsetfail
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
+  \fi
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
+\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ifclearfail
+  \fi
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
+% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.).  Make `@end iftex'
+% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+
+% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
+% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
+% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group).  So we must
+% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value.  (We can't
+% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
+% the @ifset might be nested.)
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
+  \edef\temp{%
+    % Remember the current value of \E#1.
+    \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
+    %
+    % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
+    \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
+  }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
+% control sequences after we've constructed them.
+%
+\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
+    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+\def\indexdummies{%
+\def\ { }%
+% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
+\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
+\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
+\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
+\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
+\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
+\def\={\realbackslash =}%
+\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
+\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
+\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
+\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
+\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
+\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
+\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
+\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
+\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
+\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
+\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
+\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
+\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
+\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
+\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
+\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
+\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
+% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
+% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
+% laboriously list every single command here.)
+\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
+% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+\let\{ = \mylbrace
+\let\} = \myrbrace
+\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
+\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
+\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
+%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
+\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
+\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
+\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
+\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
+\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
+\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
+\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
+\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
+\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
+\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
+\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
+\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
+\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
+\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
+\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
+\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
+\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
+\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
+\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
+\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
+\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
+\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
+\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
+\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
+\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
+\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
+\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
+\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
+\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
+\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
+\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
+\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
+\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
+\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
+\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
+\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
+\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
+\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
+%
+% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
+% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
+% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+\let\value = \expandablevalue
+%
+\unsepspaces
+% Turn off macro expansion
+\turnoffmacros
+}
+
+% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+{\obeyspaces
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
+
+% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
+% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
+\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+% Just ignore accents.
+\let\,=\indexdummyfont
+\let\"=\indexdummyfont
+\let\`=\indexdummyfont
+\let\'=\indexdummyfont
+\let\^=\indexdummyfont
+\let\~=\indexdummyfont
+\let\==\indexdummyfont
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
+\let\c=\indexdummyfont
+\let\d=\indexdummyfont
+\let\u=\indexdummyfont
+\let\v=\indexdummyfont
+\let\H=\indexdummyfont
+\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
+\def\oe{oe}%
+\def\ae{ae}%
+\def\aa{aa}%
+\def\OE{OE}%
+\def\AE{AE}%
+\def\AA{AA}%
+\def\o{o}%
+\def\O{O}%
+\def\l{l}%
+\def\L{L}%
+\def\ss{ss}%
+\let\w=\indexdummyfont
+\let\t=\indexdummyfont
+\let\r=\indexdummyfont
+\let\i=\indexdummyfont
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
+\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
+\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
+\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
+\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
+%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
+%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
+\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
+\let\code=\indexdummyfont
+\let\url=\indexdummyfont
+\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
+\let\env=\indexdummyfont
+\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont
+\let\command=\indexdummyfont
+\let\option=\indexdummyfont
+\let\file=\indexdummyfont
+\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
+\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
+\let\key=\indexdummyfont
+\let\var=\indexdummyfont
+\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+\let\dots=\indexdummydots
+\def\@{@}%
+}
+
+% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
+% We must first make another character (@) an escape
+% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
+ @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% For \ifx comparisons.
+\def\emptymacro{\empty}
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+%
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are.  The main exception
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+  \fi
+  {%
+    \count255=\lastpenalty
+    {%
+      \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+      \escapechar=`\\
+      {%
+        \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
+        \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+        % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+        %
+        \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+        %
+        % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
+        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
+          \let\subentry = \empty
+        \else
+          \def\subentry{ #3}%
+        \fi
+        %
+        % First process the index entry with all font commands turned
+        % off to get the string to sort by.
+        {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
+        %
+        % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
+        \toks0 = {#2}%
+        %
+        % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+        % line to write.
+        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}%
+        \fi
+        %
+        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+        % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+        % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+        % sorted result.
+        \edef\temp{%
+          \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+            \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+        }%
+        %
+        % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+        % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+        % the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+        % \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
+        % like this:
+        % @end defun
+        % @tindex whatever
+        % @defun ...
+        % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+        % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+        % the previous defun.
+        %
+        % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+        % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+        %
+        % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+        %
+        \iflinks
+          \ifvmode
+            \skip0 = \lastskip
+            \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
+          \fi
+          %
+          \temp % do the write
+          %
+          %
+          \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
+        \fi
+      }%
+    }%
+    \penalty\count255
+  }%
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+%  \initial {c}
+%     before the first topic whose initial is c
+%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
+%  \primary {topic}
+%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \tolerance = 9500
+  \indexbreaks
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+  % \initial {@}
+  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+  \catcode`\@ = 11
+  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+  \ifeof 1
+    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+    % there is some text.
+    \putwordIndexNonexistent
+  \else
+    %
+    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+    \read 1 to \temp
+    \ifeof 1
+      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+    \else
+      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+      % to make right now.
+      \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+      \catcode`\\ = 0
+      \escapechar = `\\
+      \begindoublecolumns
+      \input \jobname.#1s
+      \enddoublecolumns
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+  %
+  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+  \removelastskip
+  %
+  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  \penalty -300
+  %
+  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
+  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+  %
+  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+  %
+  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+  \nobreak
+}}
+
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
+% flush to the right margin.  It is used for index and table of contents
+% entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
+  %
+  % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+  % affect previous text.
+  \par
+  %
+  % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+  \parfillskip = 0in
+  %
+  % No extra space above this paragraph.
+  \parskip = 0in
+  %
+  % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+  \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+  %
+  % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+  % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+  % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+  % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+  % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+  %
+  % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+  % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+  \hangindent = 2em
+  %
+  % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+  % with blank space.
+  \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+  %
+  % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+  \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+  %
+  % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+  % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+  \noindent
+  %
+  % Insert the text of the index entry.  TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+  #1%
+  % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+  % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+  % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+  \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+  \def\tempb{#2}%
+  \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+  \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+  \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+    %
+    % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+    % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+    % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+    \hfil\penalty50
+    \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+    %
+    % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+    % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
+    % \hbox ensues.
+    \ifpdf
+      \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+    \else
+      \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+    \fi
+  \fi%
+  \par
+\endgroup}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+  \parfillskip=0in
+  \parskip=0in
+  \hangindent=1in
+  \hangafter=1
+  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \else
+    #2
+  \fi
+  \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+  % Grab any single-column material above us.
+  \output = {%
+    %
+    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
+    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
+    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+      % Unvbox the main output page.
+      \unvbox\PAGE
+      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+    }%
+  }%
+  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  %
+  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+  %
+  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
+  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
+  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+  %
+  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  %
+  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+  % been clobbered.
+  %
+  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  %
+  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
+  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+  % previous page.
+  \dimen@ = \vsize
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+  %
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+  \onepageout\pagesofar
+  \unvbox255
+  \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+  \unvbox\partialpage
+  %
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  \output = {%
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
+    % current page, no automatic page break.
+    \balancecolumns
+    %
+    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+  }%
+  \eject
+  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+  %
+  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
+  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+  \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+  \dimen@ = \ht0
+  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+  {%
+    \vbadness = 10000
+    \loop
+      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+    \repeat
+  }%
+  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  %
+  \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno        \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+\def\appendixletter{%
+  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
+  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+  \else\char\the\appendixno
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \chapterzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \seczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \chapterzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \appendixzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \appendixzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
+\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
+\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz #1{%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\the\chapno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
+\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz #1{%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+\global\advance \appendixno by 1
+\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
+                       {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\global\let\section = \appendixsec
+\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
+\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+%
+% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+% argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+% expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+% to be executed, not expanded).
+%
+% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+% the toc entries.)
+\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+%
+\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
+\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
+\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz #1{%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
+\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                    {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+                                {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
+\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
+                                    {\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
+  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\donoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
+  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
+  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
+\temp
+\appendixnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\toks0 = {#1}%
+\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
+                                    {\the\toks0}}}%
+\temp
+\unnumbnoderef
+\nobreak
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+%          overlong headings to fold.
+%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
+\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
+{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Plain chapter opening.
+% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
+\def\chfplain#1#2{%
+  \pchapsepmacro
+  {%
+    \chapfonts \rm
+    \def\chapnum{#2}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+  }%
+  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+  \nobreak
+}
+
+% Plain opening for unnumbered.
+\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+  \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+    \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+    \leftskip = \rightskip
+    \parfillskip = 0pt
+  }%
+  \chfplain{#1}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt
+                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles.
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
+\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
+\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip \subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
+\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
+\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
+\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
+
+
+% Print any size section title.
+%
+% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
+% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
+  {%
+    \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
+    \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
+  }%
+  {%
+    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+    \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
+    % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
+    \def\secnum{#2}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+    %
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
+          \unhbox0 #3}%
+  }%
+  \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.  We supply {\folio} at the end of the
+% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+%
+% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
+% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\writetocentry#1{%
+  \iftocfileopened\else
+    \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+    \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+  \fi
+  \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
+% to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+   % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+   % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
+   % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+   % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+   \contentsalignmacro
+   \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+   %
+   % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+   % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+   \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
+   \savepageno = \pageno
+   \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+      \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
+      % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+      % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation.  --karl, 9jul97.
+      %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+      \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+      \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+      %
+      % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+      \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+     \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+     \ifeof 1 \else
+       \closein 1
+       \input \jobname.toc
+     \fi
+     \vfill \eject
+     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+     \pdfmakeoutlines
+   \endgroup
+   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+   \pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+      %
+      \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
+      \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
+      % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+      \secfonts
+      \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
+      \rm
+      \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+      \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
+      \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
+      \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
+      \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+      \ifeof 1 \else
+        \closein 1
+        \input \jobname.toc
+      \fi
+     \vfill \eject
+     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+   \endgroup
+   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+   \pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+\ifpdf
+  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+\fi
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
+\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
+% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
+% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}%
+  \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
+  %
+  % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
+  % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
+  \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
+  %
+  % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+  \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
+  \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+   \begingroup
+     \chapentryfonts
+     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+   \endgroup
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
+  % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments.  Since the toc is
+  % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+  % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+  \entry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
+\newbox\dblarrowbox    \newbox\longdblarrowbox
+\newbox\pushcharbox    \newbox\bullbox
+\newbox\equivbox       \newbox\errorbox
+
+%{\tentt
+%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
+% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
+%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
+%                                      depth .1ex\hfil}
+%}
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode 43=12 % plus
+  \catcode`\"=12
+  \catcode`\==12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \escapechar=`\\
+  %
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is.  This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      \penalty-50
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\long\def\cartouche{%
+\begingroup
+        \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+        \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+        \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+                          \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+        \cartouter=\hsize
+        \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+%                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
+%                                    each corner char, and rule thickness
+        \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+        % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+        \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+        \vbox\bgroup
+                \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+                \carttop
+                \hbox\bgroup
+                        \hskip\lskip
+                        \vrule\kern3pt
+                        \vbox\bgroup
+                                \hsize=\cartinner
+                                \kern3pt
+                                \begingroup
+                                        \baselineskip=\normbskip
+                                        \lineskip=\normlskip
+                                        \parskip=\normpskip
+                                        \vskip -\parskip
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+                                \endgroup
+                                \kern3pt
+                        \egroup
+                        \kern3pt\vrule
+                        \hskip\rskip
+                \egroup
+                \cartbot
+        \egroup
+\endgroup
+}}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+  \singlespace
+  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+  % at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+    \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+    \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+  \tt
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \gobble       % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
+% redefines).  We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
+% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
+% whatever) command.
+%
+% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
+% @smalldisplay.  Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
+\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
+  \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \smallfonts
+  \lisp
+}
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
+  \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+  \let\nonarrowing = t
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
+  \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+  \let\nonarrowing = t
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+  \gobble
+}
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+  \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \singlespace
+  \parindent=0pt
+  % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+  % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+  \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+\newcount\parencount
+% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
+% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
+\def\activeparens{%
+\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
+\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+% This is used to turn on special parens
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
+
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+  % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+  \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+  \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\let\ampnr = \&
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+  \catcode`& = 13
+  \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
+% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
+% #1 should be the function name.
+% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
+
+\def\defname #1#2{%
+% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
+% outside the @def...
+\dimen2=\leftskip
+\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+\noindent
+\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
+\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
+\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
+% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
+% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
+% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
+{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+% so that \rightline will obey them.
+\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
+% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
+\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+{\df #1}\enskip        % Generate function name
+}
+
+% Actually process the body of a definition
+% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
+% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
+% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
+%    such as \defunheader.
+
+\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
+\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
+
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
+
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
+% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV
+  \medbreak
+  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+  \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop.  The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'.  We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand.  Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
+%
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV
+  \medbreak
+  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+  \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {%
+    \def#4{##1}%
+    \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active %
+\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
+
+% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody.  It could probably be used for
+% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
+%
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+  \begingroup\inENV %
+  \medbreak %
+  % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+  % so that it will exit this group.
+  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+  \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  \begingroup\obeylines
+}
+
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument.  Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name.  That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any).  That's what this does.
+%
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+%
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+  #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
+}%
+
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+
+% Split up #2 at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+%  the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+%  the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+
+{\obeylines
+\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
+\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
+\ifx\relax #3%
+#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
+
+% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
+
+% Define @defun.
+
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
+% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
+#1%
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+}
+
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+
+% #1 is the classification.  #2 is the data type.  #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+%               at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
+\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+  \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+                       \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+            {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+    \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypemethod{%
+  \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+    \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+  \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+            {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+    \defvarargs{#3}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
+%
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+    \defunargs{#3}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
+\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+  \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index
+  \begingroup
+    \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+    \defvarargs{#3}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defvar
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
+
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
+
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
+
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
+
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
+
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
+
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
+
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypevar int foobar
+
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
+% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
+\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+\endgroup}
+\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
+
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
+
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
+\endgroup}
+
+% Now define @deftp
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
+
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
+
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
+
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
+
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+   \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+   % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+   \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+   % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+   \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+   \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+   \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+   \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+   \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+   \input \jobname.tmp
+   \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{}    % List of all defined macros in the form
+                    % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+  \catcode`\~=12
+  \catcode`\^=12
+  \catcode`\_=12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \catcode`\+=12
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\@=12
+  \catcode`\^^M=12
+  \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+  \catcode`\~=12
+  \catcode`\^=12
+  \catcode`\_=12
+  \catcode`\|=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\>=12
+  \catcode`\+=12
+  \catcode`\@=12
+  \catcode`\\=12}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
+     \paramno=0%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+  \fi
+  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+     \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi
+     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+     % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+  \fi}
+
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
+\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
+  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist
+    \begingroup
+      \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%
+      \def\do##1{%
+        \def\tempb{##1}%
+        \ifx\tempa\tempb
+          % remove this
+        \else
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}%
+          \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}%
+        \fi}%
+      \def\newmacrolist{}%
+      % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist
+      \macrolist
+      \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1%
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+  \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+  \ifrecursive
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+        \egroup
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+      \paramlist{%
+          \egroup
+          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+    \expandafter\parsearg
+  \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+  \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+           \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
+\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\relax
+
+% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
+\def\donoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+      {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+\def\unnumbnoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+\def\appendixnoderef{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+      {Yappendixletterandtype}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
+% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT.  Called from \foonoderef.  We have
+% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
+% aren't expanded.  It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
+% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{{%
+  \indexdummies
+  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+  \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+  \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+  \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
+}}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+      \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+    \else
+      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+        \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \else
+        \ifhavexrefs
+          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+        \else
+          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+          \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \fi%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+  % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+  % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+  % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+  % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+  % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+  \ifpdf
+    \leavevmode
+    \getfilename{#4}%
+    \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
+    \else
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        goto name{#1@}%
+    \fi
+    \linkcolor
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+    \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+  \else
+    % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+    % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+    % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+    % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+    % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+    {\normalturnoffactive
+     % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+     % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+     \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+     \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+    }%
+    % [mynode],
+    [\printednodename],\space
+    % page 3
+    \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
+
+% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.  (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
+  {\let\folio=0%
+   \normalturnoffactive
+   \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
+   \iflinks
+     \next
+   \fi
+  }%
+}
+
+% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
+% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
+% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
+
+\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
+
+% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
+
+\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
+
+\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
+
+\def\Ynothing{}
+
+\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
+\else %
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
+\fi \fi \fi }
+
+\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
+\else %
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
+\fi \fi \fi }
+
+\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
+    % If not defined, say something at least.
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+    \iflinks
+      \ifhavexrefs
+        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+      \else
+        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+          \global\warnedxrefstrue
+          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % It's defined, so just use it.
+    \csname X#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
+  % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
+  \catcode`\\ = 0
+  \afterassignment\endgroup
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^@=\other
+  \catcode`\^^A=\other
+  \catcode`\^^B=\other
+  \catcode`\^^C=\other
+  \catcode`\^^D=\other
+  \catcode`\^^E=\other
+  \catcode`\^^F=\other
+  \catcode`\^^G=\other
+  \catcode`\^^H=\other
+  \catcode`\^^K=\other
+  \catcode`\^^L=\other
+  \catcode`\^^N=\other
+  \catcode`\^^P=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+  \catcode`\^^R=\other
+  \catcode`\^^S=\other
+  \catcode`\^^T=\other
+  \catcode`\^^U=\other
+  \catcode`\^^V=\other
+  \catcode`\^^W=\other
+  \catcode`\^^X=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+  \catcode`\^^[=\other
+  \catcode`\^^\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^]=\other
+  \catcode`\^^^=\other
+  \catcode`\^^_=\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
+  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
+  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+  %
+  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+  %
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \catcode`\[=\other
+  \catcode`\]=\other
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\$=\other
+  \catcode`\#=\other
+  \catcode`\&=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+  {%
+    \count 1=128
+    \def\loop{%
+      \catcode\count 1=\other
+      \advance\count 1 by 1
+      \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+  % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
+  % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+  % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+  % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+  % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+  % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+  \catcode`\{=1
+  \catcode`\}=2
+  \catcode`\%=\other
+  \catcode`\'=0
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  %
+  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+  \ifeof 1 \else
+    \closein 1
+    \input \jobname.aux
+    \global\havexrefstrue
+    \global\warnedobstrue
+  \fi
+  % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+  \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% Footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+  %
+  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+  \let\@sf\empty
+  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
+  %
+  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+  \unskip
+  \thisfootno\@sf
+  \footnotezzz
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
+  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+  % So reset some parameters.
+  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+  \floatingpenalty\@MM
+  \leftskip\z@skip
+  \rightskip\z@skip
+  \spaceskip\z@skip
+  \xspaceskip\z@skip
+  \parindent\defaultparindent
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  %
+  % Hang the footnote text off the number.
+  \hang
+  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+  %
+  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
+  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+  \footstrut
+  \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
+  \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next}
+\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
+\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
+\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup}
+
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+  \leavevmode
+  %
+  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+  \vadjust{%
+    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+    \vskip-\baselineskip
+    %
+    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
+    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+    \llap{%
+      %
+      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+      %
+      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+      \hskip 12pt
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+  \closein 1
+  % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
+  % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
+  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+  \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+      \global\warnednoepsftrue
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \imagexxx #1,,,\finish
+  \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \ifpdf
+    \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+  \else
+    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+    \begingroup
+      \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+      \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
+      % If the image is by itself, center it.
+      \ifvmode
+        \nobreak\bigskip
+        % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+        % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+        % above and below.
+        \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+        \nobreak
+        \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
+        \bigbreak
+      \else
+        % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space.
+        \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+      \fi
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+  % Read the file if it exists.
+  \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+  \ifeof1
+    \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+    \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+    \let\temp = \relax
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+  \else
+    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip.  Then whoever calls us can
+% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \voffset = #3\relax
+  \topskip = #6\relax
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  %
+  \vsize = #1\relax
+  \advance\vsize by \topskip
+  \outervsize = \vsize
+  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+  \pageheight = \vsize
+  %
+  \hsize = #2\relax
+  \outerhsize = \hsize
+  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+  \pagewidth = \hsize
+  %
+  \normaloffset = #4\relax
+  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+  %
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+  \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% Use `small' versions.
+%
+\def\smallenvironments{%
+  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
+  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
+  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
+  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  %
+  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+  \setleading{12pt}%
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \deftypemargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .5cm
+  \smallenvironments
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{12pt}%
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+  %
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{12.5pt}%
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0mm
+  \deftypemargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+  %
+  \smallenvironments
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
+% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{13.6pt}%
+  %
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
+  %
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
+\def\afourwide{%
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+  %
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \globaldefs = 1
+  %
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}
+%\catcode 27=\active
+%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
+
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+%{\catcode`\\=\other
+%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
+
+% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+% \catcode 17=0   % Define control-q
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
+@let\=@realbackslash
+@let~=@normaltilde
+@let^=@normalcaret
+@let_=@normalunderscore
+@let|=@normalverticalbar
+@let<=@normalless
+@let>=@normalgreater
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
+
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
+@let\=@normalbackslash
+@let~=@normaltilde
+@let^=@normalcaret
+@let_=@normalunderscore
+@let|=@normalverticalbar
+@let<=@normalless
+@let>=@normalgreater
+@let+=@normalplus
+@let$=@normaldollar}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+  @catcode`+=@active
+  @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+@c Set initial fonts.
+@textfonts
+@rm
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End: